blob: 4d7ea40079ccd4b8fb5712a794135e2099a8145d [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000022#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000023#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000028#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000030#include "RecordLayoutBuilder.h"
31
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000032using namespace clang;
33
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000034enum FloatingRank {
35 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
36};
37
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +000038ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar1b444192009-11-13 05:51:54 +000039 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000040 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000041 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000042 bool FreeMem, unsigned size_reserve) :
43 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +000044 NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +000045 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +000046 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
Douglas Gregor9507d462010-03-19 22:13:20 +000047 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), FreeMemory(FreeMem), Target(t),
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +000048 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
John McCallc62bb642010-03-24 05:22:00 +000049 BuiltinInfo(builtins), ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
50 LastSDM(0, 0) {
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +000051 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
52 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian04b258c2009-11-25 23:07:42 +000053 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000054 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000055 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +000056 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000057}
58
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +000059ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +000060 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
61 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
62 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +000063
64 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
65 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
66 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
67 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
68 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +000069
Ted Kremenek40ee0cc2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000070 if (FreeMemory) {
71 // Deallocate all the types.
72 while (!Types.empty()) {
73 Types.back()->Destroy(*this);
74 Types.pop_back();
75 }
Eli Friedmane2bbfe22008-05-27 03:08:09 +000076
Ted Kremenek40ee0cc2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000077 for (llvm::FoldingSet<ExtQuals>::iterator
78 I = ExtQualNodes.begin(), E = ExtQualNodes.end(); I != E; ) {
79 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +000080 Deallocate(&*I++);
Nuno Lopese013c7f2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000081 }
Nuno Lopese013c7f2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000082
Ted Kremenekc3015a92010-03-08 20:56:29 +000083 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
84 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
85 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
86 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
87 R->Destroy(*this);
88 }
Ted Kremenek40ee0cc2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000089
Ted Kremenekc3015a92010-03-08 20:56:29 +000090 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
91 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
92 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
93 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
94 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
95 R->Destroy(*this);
96 }
Nuno Lopese013c7f2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000097 }
98
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +000099 // Destroy nested-name-specifiers.
Douglas Gregorc741fb12009-03-27 23:54:10 +0000100 for (llvm::FoldingSet<NestedNameSpecifier>::iterator
101 NNS = NestedNameSpecifiers.begin(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000102 NNSEnd = NestedNameSpecifiers.end();
Ted Kremenek40ee0cc2009-12-23 21:13:52 +0000103 NNS != NNSEnd; ) {
104 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
Douglas Gregorc741fb12009-03-27 23:54:10 +0000105 (*NNS++).Destroy(*this);
Ted Kremenek40ee0cc2009-12-23 21:13:52 +0000106 }
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000107
108 if (GlobalNestedNameSpecifier)
109 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier->Destroy(*this);
110
Eli Friedmane2bbfe22008-05-27 03:08:09 +0000111 TUDecl->Destroy(*this);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000112}
113
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000114void
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000115ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
116 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
117}
118
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000119void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
120 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
121 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000122
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000123 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000124#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000125#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
126#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
127 0 // Extra
128 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000129
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000130 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
131 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000132 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000133 }
134
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000135 unsigned Idx = 0;
136 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
137#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
138 if (counts[Idx]) \
139 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
140 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
141 ++Idx;
142#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
143#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000144
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000145 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000146
147 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
148 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
149 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
150 }
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000151}
152
153
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000154void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000155 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000156 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000157 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000158}
159
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000160void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
161 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000162
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000163 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000164 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000165
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000166 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000167 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000168 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000169 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000170 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
171 else
172 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000173 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000174 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
175 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
176 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
177 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
178 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000179
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000180 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000181 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
182 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
183 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
184 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
185 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000186
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000187 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000188 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
189 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
190 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000191
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000192 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
193 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
194 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
195
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000196 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
197 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
198 else // C99
199 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000200
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000201 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
202 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
203 else // C99
204 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
205
206 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
207 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
208 else // C99
209 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
210
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000211 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000212 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
213
214 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
215 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
216 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
217 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
218 // expressions.
219 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000220
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000221 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlsson082acde2009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000222 // not yet been deduced.
223 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000224
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000225 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000226 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
227 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
228 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000229
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000230 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000231
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000232 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
233 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
234 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000235 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000236
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000237 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000238 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
239 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000240 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000241
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000242 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000243
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000244 // void * type
245 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000246
247 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
248 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000249}
250
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000251MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000252ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000253 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000254 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000255 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
256 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
257 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000259 return Pos->second;
260}
261
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000262void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000263ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
264 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000265 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
266 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
267 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
268 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000269 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
270 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000271}
272
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000273NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000274ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000275 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000276 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
277 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000278 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000279
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000280 return Pos->second;
281}
282
283void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000284ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
285 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
286 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
287 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
288 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
289 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
290 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
291}
292
293UsingShadowDecl *
294ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
295 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
296 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
297 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
298 return 0;
299
300 return Pos->second;
301}
302
303void
304ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
305 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
306 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
307 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000308}
309
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000310FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
311 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
312 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
313 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
314 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000315
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000316 return Pos->second;
317}
318
319void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
320 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
321 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
322 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
323 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
324 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000325
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000326 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
327}
328
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000329ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
330ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
331 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
332 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
333 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
334 return 0;
335
336 return Pos->second.begin();
337}
338
339ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
340ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
341 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
342 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
343 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
344 return 0;
345
346 return Pos->second.end();
347}
348
349void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
350 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
351 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
352}
353
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000354namespace {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000355 class BeforeInTranslationUnit
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000356 : std::binary_function<SourceRange, SourceRange, bool> {
357 SourceManager *SourceMgr;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000358
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000359 public:
360 explicit BeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceManager *SM) : SourceMgr(SM) { }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000361
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000362 bool operator()(SourceRange X, SourceRange Y) {
363 return SourceMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(X.getBegin(), Y.getBegin());
364 }
365 };
366}
367
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000368//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
369// Type Sizing and Analysis
370//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000371
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000372/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
373/// scalar floating point type.
374const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000375 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000376 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
377 switch (BT->getKind()) {
378 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
379 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
380 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
381 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
382 }
383}
384
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000385/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000386/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
387/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000388/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
389/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000390CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000391 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
392
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000393 if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>())
Alexis Hunt96d5c762009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000394 Align = std::max(Align, AA->getMaxAlignment());
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000395
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000396 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
397 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000398 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000399 if (RefAsPointee)
400 T = RT->getPointeeType();
401 else
402 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
403 }
404 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Anders Carlsson9b5038e2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000405 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000406 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
407 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
408
409 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
410 }
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000411 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
412 // In the case of a field in a packed struct, we want the minimum
413 // of the alignment of the field and the alignment of the struct.
414 Align = std::min(Align,
415 getPreferredTypeAlign(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
416 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000417 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000418
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000419 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align / Target.getCharWidth());
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000420}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000421
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000422/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
423/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000424///
425/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
426/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
427/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000428std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000429ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000430 uint64_t Width=0;
431 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000432 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000433#define TYPE(Class, Base)
434#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000435#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000436#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
437#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000438 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000439 break;
440
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000441 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
442 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000443 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
444 Width = 0;
445 Align = 32;
446 break;
447
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000448 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000449 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000450 Width = 0;
451 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
452 break;
453
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000454 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000455 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000456
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000457 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000458 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000459 Align = EltInfo.second;
460 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000461 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000462 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000463 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000464 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
465 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
466 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000467 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000468 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
469 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000470 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000471 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
472 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
473 }
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000474 break;
475 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000476
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000477 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000478 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000479 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000480 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000481 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
482 Width = 0;
483 Align = 8;
484 break;
485
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000486 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000487 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
488 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000489 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000490 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
491 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
492 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000493 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000494 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
495 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000496 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000497 case BuiltinType::WChar:
498 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
499 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
500 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000501 case BuiltinType::Char16:
502 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
503 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
504 break;
505 case BuiltinType::Char32:
506 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
507 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
508 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000509 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000510 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000511 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
512 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000513 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000514 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000515 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000516 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
517 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000518 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000519 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000520 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000521 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
522 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000523 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000524 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000525 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000526 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
527 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000528 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000529 case BuiltinType::Int128:
530 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
531 Width = 128;
532 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
533 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000534 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000535 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
536 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000537 break;
538 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000539 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
540 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000541 break;
542 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000543 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
544 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000545 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000546 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
547 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
548 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000549 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000550 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000551 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000552 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000553 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000554 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000555 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000556 case Type::BlockPointer: {
557 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
558 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
559 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
560 break;
561 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000562 case Type::LValueReference:
563 case Type::RValueReference: {
564 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
565 // the pointer route.
566 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
567 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
568 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
569 break;
570 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000571 case Type::Pointer: {
572 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000573 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000574 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
575 break;
576 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000577 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000578 QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000579 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000580 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
581 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000582 if (Pointee->isFunctionType())
583 Width *= 2;
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000584 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
585 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000586 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000587 case Type::Complex: {
588 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
589 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000590 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000591 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000592 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000593 Align = EltInfo.second;
594 break;
595 }
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000596 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000597 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000598 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
599 Width = Layout.getSize();
600 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
601 break;
602 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000603 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000604 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000605 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
606
607 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000608 Width = 1;
609 Align = 1;
610 break;
611 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000612
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000613 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000614 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
615
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000616 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000617 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
618 Width = Layout.getSize();
619 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000620 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000621 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000622
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000623 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000624 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
625 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000626
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000627 case Type::Elaborated:
628 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()
629 .getTypePtr());
John McCallfcc33b02009-09-05 00:15:47 +0000630
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000631 case Type::Typedef: {
632 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000633 if (const AlignedAttr *Aligned = Typedef->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) {
Alexis Hunt96d5c762009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000634 Align = std::max(Aligned->getMaxAlignment(),
635 getTypeAlign(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000636 Width = getTypeSize(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
637 } else
638 return getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000639 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000640 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000641
642 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
643 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
644 .getTypePtr());
645
646 case Type::TypeOf:
647 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
648
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000649 case Type::Decltype:
650 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
651 .getTypePtr());
652
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000653 case Type::QualifiedName:
654 return getTypeInfo(cast<QualifiedNameType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000655
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000656 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000657 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000658 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
659 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
660 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
661 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
662 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
663 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000664
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000665 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000666 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000667}
668
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000669/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
670/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
671CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000672 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000673}
674CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000675 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000676}
677
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000678/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000679/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
680CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
681 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
682}
683CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
684 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
685}
686
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000687/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
688/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
689/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
690/// a data type.
691unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
692 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000693
694 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000695 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000696 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
697 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
698 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
699 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
700
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000701 return ABIAlign;
702}
703
Daniel Dunbare4f25b72009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000704static void CollectLocalObjCIvars(ASTContext *Ctx,
705 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
706 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
Fariborz Jahanianf327e892008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000707 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
708 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattner5b36ddb2009-03-31 08:48:01 +0000709 ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = *I;
Fariborz Jahanianf327e892008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000710 if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl())
711 Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl));
712 }
713}
714
Daniel Dunbare4f25b72009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000715void ASTContext::CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
716 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
717 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
718 CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields);
719 CollectLocalObjCIvars(this, OI, Fields);
720}
721
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000722/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
723/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
724///
725void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000726 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000727 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
728 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
729 Ivars.push_back(*I);
730 }
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000731
732 CollectNonClassIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000733}
734
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000735/// CollectNonClassIvars -
736/// This routine collects all other ivars which are not declared in the class.
Ted Kremenek86838aa2010-03-11 19:44:54 +0000737/// This includes synthesized ivars (via @synthesize) and those in
738// class's @implementation.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000739///
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000740void ASTContext::CollectNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000741 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Fariborz Jahanianafe13862010-02-23 01:26:30 +0000742 // Find ivars declared in class extension.
743 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getClassExtension()) {
744 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::ivar_iterator I = CDecl->ivar_begin(),
745 E = CDecl->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
746 Ivars.push_back(*I);
747 }
748 }
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000749
Ted Kremenek86838aa2010-03-11 19:44:54 +0000750 // Also add any ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
751 // includes synthesized ivars.
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +0000752 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) {
753 for (ObjCImplementationDecl::ivar_iterator I = ImplDecl->ivar_begin(),
754 E = ImplDecl->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
755 Ivars.push_back(*I);
756 }
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000757}
758
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000759/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
760/// those inherited by it.
761void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000762 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000763 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
764 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
765 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
766 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000767 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000768 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000769 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
770 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000771 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
772 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +0000773 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000774
775 // Categories of this Interface.
776 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
777 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
778 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
779 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
780 while (SD) {
781 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
782 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
783 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000784 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000785 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
786 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
787 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000788 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000789 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
790 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
791 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
792 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000793 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000794 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
795 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
796 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +0000797 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000798 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
799 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
800 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
801 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000802 }
803}
804
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000805unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
806 unsigned count = 0;
807 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000808 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getClassExtension())
809 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
810
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000811 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
812 // includes synthesized ivars.
813 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +0000814 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
815
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000816 return count;
817}
818
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000819/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
820ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
821 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
822 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
823 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
824 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
825 return 0;
826}
827/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
828ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
829 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
830 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
831 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
832 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
833 return 0;
834}
835
836/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
837void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
838 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
839 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
840 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
841}
842/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
843void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
844 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
845 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
846 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
847}
848
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000849/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000850///
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000851/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000852/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
853///
854/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
855/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
856/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000857TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +0000858 unsigned DataSize) {
859 if (!DataSize)
860 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
861 else
862 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000863 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +0000864
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000865 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
866 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
867 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
868 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +0000869}
870
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000871TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +0000872 SourceLocation L) {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +0000873 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +0000874 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
875 return DI;
876}
877
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +0000878/// getInterfaceLayoutImpl - Get or compute information about the
879/// layout of the given interface.
880///
881/// \param Impl - If given, also include the layout of the interface's
882/// implementation. This may differ by including synthesized ivars.
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000883const ASTRecordLayout &
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +0000884ASTContext::getObjCLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D,
885 const ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl) {
Daniel Dunbar80b4eef2009-05-03 13:15:50 +0000886 assert(!D->isForwardDecl() && "Invalid interface decl!");
887
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000888 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000889 ObjCContainerDecl *Key =
Daniel Dunbar7bee4152009-05-03 11:41:43 +0000890 Impl ? (ObjCContainerDecl*) Impl : (ObjCContainerDecl*) D;
891 if (const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ObjCLayouts[Key])
892 return *Entry;
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000893
Daniel Dunbar2b65fe32009-05-03 11:16:44 +0000894 // Add in synthesized ivar count if laying out an implementation.
895 if (Impl) {
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +0000896 unsigned SynthCount = CountNonClassIvars(D);
Daniel Dunbar7bee4152009-05-03 11:41:43 +0000897 // If there aren't any sythesized ivars then reuse the interface
Daniel Dunbar2b65fe32009-05-03 11:16:44 +0000898 // entry. Note we can't cache this because we simply free all
899 // entries later; however we shouldn't look up implementations
900 // frequently.
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000901 if (SynthCount == 0)
Daniel Dunbar2b65fe32009-05-03 11:16:44 +0000902 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
903 }
904
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000905 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +0000906 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D, Impl);
907 ObjCLayouts[Key] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000908
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000909 return *NewEntry;
910}
911
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +0000912const ASTRecordLayout &
913ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
914 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
915}
916
917const ASTRecordLayout &
918ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
919 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
920}
921
Devang Patele11664a2007-11-01 19:11:01 +0000922/// getASTRecordLayout - Get or compute information about the layout of the
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000923/// specified record (struct/union/class), which indicates its size and field
924/// position information.
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000925const ASTRecordLayout &ASTContext::getASTRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *D) {
Douglas Gregor0a5a2212010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000926 D = D->getDefinition();
Ted Kremenek21475702008-09-05 17:16:31 +0000927 assert(D && "Cannot get layout of forward declarations!");
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000928
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000929 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Eli Friedman27291322009-07-22 20:29:16 +0000930 // Note that we can't save a reference to the entry because this function
931 // is recursive.
932 const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ASTRecordLayouts[D];
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000933 if (Entry) return *Entry;
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000934
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000935 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +0000936 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D);
Eli Friedman27291322009-07-22 20:29:16 +0000937 ASTRecordLayouts[D] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000938
Daniel Dunbarccabe482010-04-19 20:44:53 +0000939 if (getLangOptions().DumpRecordLayouts) {
940 llvm::errs() << "\n*** Dumping AST Record Layout\n";
941 DumpRecordLayout(D, llvm::errs());
942 }
943
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000944 return *NewEntry;
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000945}
946
Anders Carlsson5ebf8b42009-12-07 04:35:11 +0000947const CXXMethodDecl *ASTContext::getKeyFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
Douglas Gregor0a5a2212010-02-11 01:04:33 +0000948 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDefinition());
Anders Carlsson5ebf8b42009-12-07 04:35:11 +0000949 assert(RD && "Cannot get key function for forward declarations!");
950
951 const CXXMethodDecl *&Entry = KeyFunctions[RD];
952 if (!Entry)
953 Entry = ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD);
954 else
955 assert(Entry == ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD) &&
956 "Key function changed!");
957
958 return Entry;
959}
960
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000961//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
962// Type creation/memoization methods
963//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
964
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000965QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
966 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
967 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
968
969 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
970 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
971 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
972 void *InsertPos = 0;
973 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
974 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
975 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
976 return T;
977 }
978
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000979 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000980 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
981 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
982 return T;
983}
984
985QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
986 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
987 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
988
989 QualifierCollector Quals;
990 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
991 Quals.addVolatile();
992
993 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
994}
995
Fariborz Jahanianece85822009-02-17 18:27:45 +0000996QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +0000997 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
998 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +0000999 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001000
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001001 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1002 // into one ExtQuals node.
1003 QualifierCollector Quals;
1004 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001005
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001006 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1007 // another one.
1008 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1009 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1010 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001011
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001012 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001013}
1014
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001015QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001016 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001017 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001018 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001019 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001020
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001021 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001022 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001023 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001024 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1025 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1026 }
1027 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001028
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001029 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1030 // into one ExtQuals node.
1031 QualifierCollector Quals;
1032 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001033
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001034 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1035 // another one.
1036 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1037 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1038 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001039
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001040 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001041}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001042
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001043static QualType getExtFunctionType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
1044 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001045 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001046 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1047 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001048 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001049 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1050 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001051
1052 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001053 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1054 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1055 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001056 ResultType = getExtFunctionType(Context, Pointee, Info);
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001057 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1058 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001059
1060 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
1061 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001062 if (F->getExtInfo() == Info)
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001063 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001064
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001065 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001066 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001067 Info);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001068 } else {
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001069 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001070 ResultType
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001071 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1072 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1073 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1074 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1075 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1076 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1077 FPT->exception_begin(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001078 Info);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001079 }
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001080 } else
1081 return T;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001082
1083 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1084}
1085
1086QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001087 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001088 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1089 Info.withNoReturn(AddNoReturn));
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001090}
1091
1092QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001093 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001094 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1095 Info.withCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump8c5d7992009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001096}
1097
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00001098QualType ASTContext::getRegParmType(QualType T, unsigned RegParm) {
1099 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info = getFunctionExtInfo(T);
1100 return getExtFunctionType(*this, T,
1101 Info.withRegParm(RegParm));
1102}
1103
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001104/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1105/// number with the specified element type.
1106QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1107 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1108 // structure.
1109 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1110 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001111
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001112 void *InsertPos = 0;
1113 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1114 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001115
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001116 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1117 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1118 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001119 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001120 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001121
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001122 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1123 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001124 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001125 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001126 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001127 Types.push_back(New);
1128 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1129 return QualType(New, 0);
1130}
1131
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001132/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1133/// the specified type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001134QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00001135 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1136 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001137 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001138 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001139
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001140 void *InsertPos = 0;
1141 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001142 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001143
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001144 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1145 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001146 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001147 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001148 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001149
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001150 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1151 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001152 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001153 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001154 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001155 Types.push_back(New);
1156 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001157 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001158}
1159
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001160/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001161/// a pointer to the specified block.
1162QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001163 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1164 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001165 // structure.
1166 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1167 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001168
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001169 void *InsertPos = 0;
1170 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1171 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1172 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001173
1174 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001175 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1176 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001177 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001178 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001179
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001180 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1181 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1182 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001183 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001184 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001185 BlockPointerType *New
1186 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001187 Types.push_back(New);
1188 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1189 return QualType(New, 0);
1190}
1191
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001192/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1193/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001194QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001195 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1196 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001197 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001198 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001199
1200 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001201 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1202 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001203 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001204
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001205 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1206
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001207 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1208 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1209 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001210 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1211 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1212 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001213
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001214 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001215 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1216 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001217 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001218 }
1219
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001220 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001221 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1222 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001223 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001224 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001225
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001226 return QualType(New, 0);
1227}
1228
1229/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1230/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1231QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1232 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1233 // structure.
1234 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001235 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001236
1237 void *InsertPos = 0;
1238 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1239 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1240 return QualType(RT, 0);
1241
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001242 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1243
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001244 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1245 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1246 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001247 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1248 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1249 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001250
1251 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1252 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1253 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1254 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1255 }
1256
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001257 RValueReferenceType *New
1258 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001259 Types.push_back(New);
1260 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001261 return QualType(New, 0);
1262}
1263
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001264/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1265/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001266QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001267 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1268 // structure.
1269 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1270 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1271
1272 void *InsertPos = 0;
1273 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1274 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1275 return QualType(PT, 0);
1276
1277 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1278 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1279 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001280 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001281 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1282
1283 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1284 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1285 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1286 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1287 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001288 MemberPointerType *New
1289 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001290 Types.push_back(New);
1291 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1292 return QualType(New, 0);
1293}
1294
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001295/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001296/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001297QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001298 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001299 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1300 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001301 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1302 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001303 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1304
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001305 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1306 // the target.
1307 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1308 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001309
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001310 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner780b46f2009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001311 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001312
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001313 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001314 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001315 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001316 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001317
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001318 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1319 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001320 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001321 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001322 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001323 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001324 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001325 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001326 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001327 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001328 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001329
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001330 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1331 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001332 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001333 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001334 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001335}
1336
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001337/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1338/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001339QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1340 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001341 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001342 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1343 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001344 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1345 // that have an expression provided for their size.
1346
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001347 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1348 VariableArrayType(EltTy, QualType(), NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001349
1350 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1351 Types.push_back(New);
1352 return QualType(New, 0);
1353}
1354
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001355/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1356/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001357/// type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001358QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1359 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001360 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001361 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1362 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001363 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1364 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001365 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1366
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001367 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001368 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001369 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001370
1371 if (NumElts) {
1372 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1373 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1374 // initializer.
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001375 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
1376 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1377
1378 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1379 }
1380
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001381 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1382 if (Canon) {
1383 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1384 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001385 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1386 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1387 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001388 } else {
1389 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1390 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001391 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1392 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1393 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001394
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001395 if (NumElts) {
1396 DependentSizedArrayType *CanonCheck
1397 = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1398 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized canonical array type broken");
1399 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001400 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001401 }
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001402 } else {
1403 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1404 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1405 SourceRange());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001406 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1407 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1408 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001409 }
1410 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001411
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001412 Types.push_back(New);
1413 return QualType(New, 0);
1414}
1415
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001416QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1417 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1418 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1419 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner780b46f2009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001420 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001421
1422 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001423 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001424 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1425 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1426
1427 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1428 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1429 QualType Canonical;
1430
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001431 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001432 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001433 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001434
1435 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1436 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1437 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001438 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001439 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001440
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001441 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1442 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001443
1444 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1445 Types.push_back(New);
1446 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001447}
1448
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001449/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1450/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001451QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
1452 bool IsAltiVec, bool IsPixel) {
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001453 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001454
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001455 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001456 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001457
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001458 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1459 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001460 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector,
1461 IsAltiVec, IsPixel);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001462 void *InsertPos = 0;
1463 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1464 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1465
1466 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1467 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1468 QualType Canonical;
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001469 if (!vecType.isCanonical() || IsAltiVec || IsPixel) {
1470 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType),
1471 NumElts, false, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001472
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001473 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1474 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001475 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001476 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001477 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001478 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, IsAltiVec, IsPixel);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001479 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1480 Types.push_back(New);
1481 return QualType(New, 0);
1482}
1483
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001484/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001485/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001486QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001487 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001488
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001489 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001490 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001491
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001492 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1493 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001494 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, false, false);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001495 void *InsertPos = 0;
1496 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1497 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1498
1499 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1500 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1501 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001502 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001503 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001504
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001505 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1506 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001507 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001508 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001509 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1510 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001511 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1512 Types.push_back(New);
1513 return QualType(New, 0);
1514}
1515
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001516QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001517 Expr *SizeExpr,
1518 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001519 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001520 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001521 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001522
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001523 void *InsertPos = 0;
1524 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1525 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1526 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1527 if (Canon) {
1528 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1529 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001530 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1531 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1532 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001533 } else {
1534 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1535 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001536 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1537 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1538 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001539
1540 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1541 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1542 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1543 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001544 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1545 } else {
1546 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1547 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001548 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1549 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001550 }
1551 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001552
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001553 Types.push_back(New);
1554 return QualType(New, 0);
1555}
1556
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001557/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001558///
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001559QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1560 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1561 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001562 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1563 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001564 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001565 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001566
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001567 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001568 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001569 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001570 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001571
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001572 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001573 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001574 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001575 Canonical =
1576 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1577 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001578
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001579 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001580 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1581 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001582 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001583 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001584
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001585 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001586 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001587 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001588 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001589 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001590}
1591
1592/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1593/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001594QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22c40fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001595 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001596 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1597 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001598 const QualType *ExArray,
1599 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) {
1600 const CallingConv CallConv= Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001601 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1602 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001603 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001604 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001605 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001606 NumExs, ExArray, Info);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001607
1608 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001609 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001610 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001611 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001612
1613 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001614 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001615 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001616 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001617 isCanonical = false;
1618
1619 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001620 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001621 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001622 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001623 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001624 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1625 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001626 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001627
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001628 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001629 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf9bd4ec2009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001630 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001631 false, 0, 0,
1632 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001633
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001634 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001635 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1636 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnere05f5342008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001637 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001638 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001639
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001640 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001641 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1642 // end of them.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001643 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001644 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1645 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001646 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001647 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001648 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001649 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001650 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001651 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001652 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001653}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00001654
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001655#ifndef NDEBUG
1656static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1657 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1658 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1659 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1660 return true;
1661 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1662 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1663 return true;
1664 return false;
1665}
1666#endif
1667
1668/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1669/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1670QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
1671 QualType TST) {
1672 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1673 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1674 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1675 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl
1676 = cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())) {
1677 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1678 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1679 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1680 } else {
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001681 Decl->TypeForDecl =
1682 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001683 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1684 }
1685 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1686}
1687
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001688/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1689/// specified type declaration.
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001690QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001691 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001692 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001693
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001694 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001695 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001696
1697 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCInterface
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001698 = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001699 return getObjCInterfaceType(ObjCInterface);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001700
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001701 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
1702 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
1703
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001704 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001705 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1706 "struct/union has previous declaration");
1707 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
1708 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001709 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001710 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
1711 "enum has previous declaration");
1712 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001713 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001714 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1715 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001716 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001717 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001718
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001719 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001720 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001721}
1722
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00001723/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00001724/// specified typename decl.
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00001725QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl) {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001726 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001727
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001728 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001729 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1730 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Chris Lattnercceab1a2007-03-26 20:16:44 +00001731 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001732 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00001733}
1734
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001735/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1736QualType
1737ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1738 QualType Replacement) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001739 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001740 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1741
1742 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1743 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1744 void *InsertPos = 0;
1745 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1746 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1747
1748 if (!SubstParm) {
1749 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1750 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1751 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1752 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1753 }
1754
1755 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1756}
1757
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001758/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001759/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001760/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001761QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001762 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001763 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1764 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001765 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001766 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001767 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001768 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1769
1770 if (TypeParm)
1771 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001772
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001773 if (Name) {
1774 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001775 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1776 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001777
1778 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
1779 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1780 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
1781 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001782 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001783 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1784 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001785
1786 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1787 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1788
1789 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1790}
1791
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001792TypeSourceInfo *
1793ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
1794 SourceLocation NameLoc,
1795 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
1796 QualType CanonType) {
1797 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
1798
1799 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
1800 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
1801 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
1802 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
1803 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
1804 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
1805 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
1806 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
1807 return DI;
1808}
1809
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001810QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001811ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001812 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001813 QualType Canon,
1814 bool IsCurrentInstantiation) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001815 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1816
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001817 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1818 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1819 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1820 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1821
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001822 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
1823 Canon, IsCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001824}
1825
1826QualType
1827ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001828 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1829 unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001830 QualType Canon,
1831 bool IsCurrentInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001832 if (!Canon.isNull())
1833 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
1834 else {
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001835 assert(!IsCurrentInstantiation &&
1836 "current-instantiation specializations should always "
1837 "have a canonical type");
1838
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001839 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001840 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1841 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1842 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1843 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1844 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1845
1846 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1847 // exists.
1848 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001849 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, false,
Douglas Gregor00044172009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001850 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001851
1852 void *InsertPos = 0;
1853 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1854 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001855
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001856 if (!Spec) {
1857 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001858 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001859 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001860 TypeAlignment);
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001861 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, CanonTemplate, false,
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001862 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001863 Canon);
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001864 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001865 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001866 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001867
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001868 if (Canon.isNull())
1869 Canon = QualType(Spec, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001870 assert(Canon->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001871 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001872 }
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001873
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001874 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1875 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1876 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001877 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregorc40290e2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001878 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001879 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001880 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001881 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, Template,
1882 IsCurrentInstantiation,
1883 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor00044172009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001884 Canon);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001885
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001886 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001887 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001888}
1889
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001890QualType
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001891ASTContext::getQualifiedNameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001892 QualType NamedType) {
1893 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001894 QualifiedNameType::Profile(ID, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001895
1896 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001897 QualifiedNameType *T
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001898 = QualifiedNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1899 if (T)
1900 return QualType(T, 0);
1901
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001902 QualType Canon = NamedType;
1903 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
1904 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
1905 QualifiedNameType *CheckT
1906 = QualifiedNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1907 assert(!CheckT && "Qualified name canonical type broken");
1908 (void)CheckT;
1909 }
1910
1911 T = new (*this) QualifiedNameType(NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001912 Types.push_back(T);
1913 QualifiedNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
1914 return QualType(T, 0);
1915}
1916
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001917QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1918 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
1919 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
1920 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001921 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1922
1923 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1924 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001925 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
1926 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
1927 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
1928
1929 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
1930 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001931 }
1932
1933 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001934 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001935
1936 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00001937 DependentNameType *T
1938 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001939 if (T)
1940 return QualType(T, 0);
1941
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001942 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001943 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00001944 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001945 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001946}
1947
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001948QualType
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001949ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1950 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
1951 const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
1952 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001953 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1954
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001955 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001956 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, TemplateId);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001957
1958 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00001959 DependentNameType *T
1960 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001961 if (T)
1962 return QualType(T, 0);
1963
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001964 if (Canon.isNull()) {
1965 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
1966 QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(QualType(TemplateId, 0));
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001967 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
1968 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
1969 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
1970 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword ||
1971 CanonType != QualType(TemplateId, 0)) {
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001972 const TemplateSpecializationType *CanonTemplateId
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001973 = CanonType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001974 assert(CanonTemplateId &&
1975 "Canonical type must also be a template specialization type");
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001976 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, CanonTemplateId);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001977 }
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001978
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00001979 DependentNameType *CheckT
1980 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001981 assert(!CheckT && "Typename canonical type is broken"); (void)CheckT;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001982 }
1983
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00001984 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, TemplateId, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001985 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00001986 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001987 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00001988}
1989
John McCallfcc33b02009-09-05 00:15:47 +00001990QualType
1991ASTContext::getElaboratedType(QualType UnderlyingType,
1992 ElaboratedType::TagKind Tag) {
1993 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1994 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, UnderlyingType, Tag);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001995
John McCallfcc33b02009-09-05 00:15:47 +00001996 void *InsertPos = 0;
1997 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1998 if (T)
1999 return QualType(T, 0);
2000
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002001 QualType Canon = UnderlyingType;
2002 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2003 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
2004 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2005 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type is broken"); (void)CheckT;
2006 }
John McCallfcc33b02009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002007
2008 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(UnderlyingType, Tag, Canon);
2009 Types.push_back(T);
2010 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2011 return QualType(T, 0);
2012}
2013
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002014/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2015/// alphabetically.
2016static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2017 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002018 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002019}
2020
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002021static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
2022 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2023 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2024
2025 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2026 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2027 return false;
2028 return true;
2029}
2030
2031static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002032 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2033 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002035 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2036 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2037
2038 // Remove duplicates.
2039 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2040 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2041}
2042
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002043/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2044/// the given interface decl and the conforming protocol list.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002045QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType InterfaceT,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002046 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Fariborz Jahaniand2bccaf2010-03-05 22:42:55 +00002047 unsigned NumProtocols,
2048 unsigned Quals) {
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002049 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002050 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniand2bccaf2010-03-05 22:42:55 +00002051 Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(Quals);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002052
2053 void *InsertPos = 0;
2054 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2055 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Fariborz Jahaniand2bccaf2010-03-05 22:42:55 +00002056 return getQualifiedType(QualType(QT, 0), Qs);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002057
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002058 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2059 QualType Canonical;
2060 if (!InterfaceT.isCanonical() ||
2061 !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2062 if (!areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002063 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2064 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002065 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2066
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002067 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2068
2069 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2070 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2071 } else {
2072 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2073 Protocols, NumProtocols);
2074 }
2075
2076 // Regenerate InsertPos.
2077 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2078 }
2079
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002080 // No match.
2081 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType)
2082 + NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2083 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2084 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical,
2085 InterfaceT,
2086 Protocols,
2087 NumProtocols);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002088
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002089 Types.push_back(QType);
2090 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
Fariborz Jahaniand2bccaf2010-03-05 22:42:55 +00002091 return getQualifiedType(QualType(QType, 0), Qs);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002092}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002093
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002094/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2095/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2096QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002097 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002098 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002099 ObjCInterfaceType::Profile(ID, Decl, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002100
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002101 void *InsertPos = 0;
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002102 if (ObjCInterfaceType *QT =
2103 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002104 return QualType(QT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002105
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002106 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2107 QualType Canonical;
2108 if (NumProtocols && !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002109 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2110 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002111
2112 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2113 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2114
2115 Canonical = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl, &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2116
2117 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2118 }
2119
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002120 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType)
2121 + NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2122 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2123 ObjCInterfaceType *QType = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Canonical,
2124 const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(Decl),
2125 Protocols,
2126 NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002127
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002128 Types.push_back(QType);
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002129 ObjCInterfaceTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002130 return QualType(QType, 0);
2131}
2132
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002133/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2134/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002135/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002136/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002137/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002138QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002139 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002140 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2141 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2142 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002143
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002144 void *InsertPos = 0;
2145 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2146 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2147 if (Canon) {
2148 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2149 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002150 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002151 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2152 }
2153 else {
2154 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002155 Canon
2156 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002157 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2158 toe = Canon;
2159 }
2160 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002161 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002162 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002163 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002164 Types.push_back(toe);
2165 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002166}
2167
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002168/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2169/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2170/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002171/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002172/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002173QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002174 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002175 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002176 Types.push_back(tot);
2177 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002178}
2179
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002180/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2181/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2182static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlsson7d209572009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002183 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2184 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002185
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002186 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2187 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2188 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2189 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2190 return VD->getType();
2191 }
2192 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2193 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2194 return FD->getType();
2195 }
2196 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2197 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2198 // return type of that function.
2199 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2200 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002201
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002202 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002203
2204 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002205 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2206 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2207 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002208
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002209 return T;
2210}
2211
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002212/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2213/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2214/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002215/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002216/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2217QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002218 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002219 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2220 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2221 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002222
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002223 void *InsertPos = 0;
2224 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2225 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2226 if (Canon) {
2227 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2228 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002229 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002230 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2231 }
2232 else {
2233 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002234 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002235 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2236 dt = Canon;
2237 }
2238 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002239 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002240 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002241 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002242 Types.push_back(dt);
2243 return QualType(dt, 0);
2244}
2245
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002246/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2247/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002248QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002249 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002250 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2251 // away const? mutable?
2252 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002253}
2254
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002255/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2256/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2257/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002258CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002259 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00002260}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002261
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002262/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2263/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2264QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2265 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2266 return WCharTy;
2267}
2268
2269/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2270/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2271QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2272 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2273 return UnsignedIntTy;
2274}
2275
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002276/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2277/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2278QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002279 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002280}
2281
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002282//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2283// Type Operators
2284//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2285
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002286CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2287 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2288 // qualifiers.
2289 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2290 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2291
2292 QualType Result;
2293 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2294 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2295 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2296 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2297 } else {
2298 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2299 }
2300
2301 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2302}
2303
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002304/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2305/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2306/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2307/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2308/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2309/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002310CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002311 QualifierCollector Quals;
2312 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2313 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002314
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002315 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2316 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2317
2318 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2319 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002320 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002321
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002322 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2323 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2324 // type.
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002325 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2326 if (!AT)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002327 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002328
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002329 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2330 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002331 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002332 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002333
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002334 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002335 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2336 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2337 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002338 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002339 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002340 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2341 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002342 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002343
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002344 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002345 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2346 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedman04fddf02009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002347 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2348 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002349 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002350 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor326b2fa2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002351 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002352
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002353 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002354 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedman04fddf02009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002355 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2356 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002357 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002358 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002359 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002360}
2361
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002362QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2363 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth04bdce62010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002364 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002365 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T)) {
Chandler Carruth04bdce62010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002366 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002367 }
2368
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002369 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(T);
2370 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xucd321a32010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002371 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002372 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2373 return T;
2374
2375 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
2376 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2377 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2378 }
2379
2380 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(T)) {
2381 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2382 }
2383
2384 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(T);
2385 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain(),
2386 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2387 SourceRange());
2388}
2389
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002390DeclarationName ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2391 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
2392 return TD->getDeclName();
2393
2394 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
2395 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
2396 return DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2397 } else {
2398 return DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2399 }
2400 }
2401
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002402 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2403 assert(Storage);
2404 return (*Storage->begin())->getDeclName();
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002405}
2406
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002407TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
2408 // If this template name refers to a template, the canonical
2409 // template name merely stores the template itself.
2410 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002411 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002412
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002413 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002414
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002415 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2416 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2417 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2418}
2419
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002420bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2421 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2422 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2423 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2424}
2425
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002426TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002427ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2428 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2429 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2430 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002431
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002432 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002433 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002434
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002435 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002436 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002437
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002438 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2439 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2440
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002441 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002442 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002443 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002444
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002445 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002446 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002447
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002448 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2449 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2450 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2451 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002452 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002453 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2454 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2455 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002456
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002457 TemplateArgument Result;
2458 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2459 return Result;
2460 }
2461 }
2462
2463 // Silence GCC warning
2464 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2465 return TemplateArgument();
2466}
2467
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002468NestedNameSpecifier *
2469ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002470 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002471 return 0;
2472
2473 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2474 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2475 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002476 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002477 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2478 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2479
2480 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2481 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2482 // this namespace and no prefix.
2483 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2484
2485 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2486 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2487 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002488 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2489 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002490 T.getTypePtr());
2491 }
2492
2493 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2494 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2495 return NNS;
2496 }
2497
2498 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2499 return 0;
2500}
2501
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002502
2503const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2504 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002505 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002506 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2507 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2508 return AT;
2509 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002510
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002511 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002512 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002513 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002514 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002515
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002516 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002517 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2518 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002519
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002520 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2521 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002522 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002523
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002524 QualifierCollector Qs;
2525 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002526
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002527 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2528 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002529 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002530 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002531
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002532 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2533 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2534 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2535 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002536 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002537
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002538 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2539 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2540 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002541 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002542 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2543 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2544 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002545 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002546
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002547 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002548 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2549 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002550 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedman04fddf02009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002551 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2552 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002553 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002554 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002555 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002556
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002557 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002558 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedman04fddf02009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002559 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002560 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002561 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002562 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002563 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002564}
2565
2566
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002567/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2568/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2569/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2570/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2571///
2572/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2573QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002574 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2575 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2576 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2577 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2578 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2579 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002580
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002581 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002582
2583 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002584 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002585}
2586
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002587QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002588 QualifierCollector Qs;
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002589 while (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(Qs.strip(QT), 0)))
2590 QT = AT->getElementType();
2591 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002592}
2593
Anders Carlsson4bf82142009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002594QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2595 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002596
Anders Carlsson4bf82142009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002597 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2598 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002599
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002600 return ElemTy;
2601}
2602
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002603/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002604uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002605ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2606 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2607 do {
2608 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2609 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2610 } while (CA);
2611 return ElementCount;
2612}
2613
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00002614/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2615/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002616static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002617 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002618 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002619
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002620 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2621 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002622 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00002623 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2624 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2625 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002626 }
2627}
2628
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002629/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2630/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002631/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2632/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002633QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2634 QualType Domain) const {
2635 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2636 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2637 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002638 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002639 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2640 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2641 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2642 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00002643 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002644
2645 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2646 switch (EltRank) {
2647 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2648 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2649 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2650 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002651 }
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002652}
2653
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002654/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2655/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2656/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002657/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002658int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2659 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2660 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002661
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002662 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002663 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002664 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002665 return 1;
2666 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002667}
2668
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002669/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2670/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2671/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002672unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002673 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002674 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002675 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002676
Eli Friedmanc131d3b2009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002677 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2678 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2679
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002680 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2681 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2682
2683 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2684 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2685
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002686 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002687 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2688 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002689 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002690 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2691 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2692 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2693 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002694 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002695 case BuiltinType::Short:
2696 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002697 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002698 case BuiltinType::Int:
2699 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002700 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002701 case BuiltinType::Long:
2702 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002703 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002704 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2705 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002706 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002707 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2708 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2709 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002710 }
2711}
2712
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002713/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2714/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2715///
2716/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2717/// promotion occurs.
2718QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
2719 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2720 if (!Field)
2721 return QualType();
2722
2723 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2724
2725 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2726 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2727 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2728 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2729 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2730 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2731 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2732 return IntTy;
2733
2734 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2735 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2736
2737 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2738 // like the base type.
2739 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2740 // is ridiculous.
2741 return QualType();
2742}
2743
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002744/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2745/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2746/// integer type.
2747QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2748 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2749 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002750 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
2751 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002752 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2753 return IntTy;
2754 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2755 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2756 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2757 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2758}
2759
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002760/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002761/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002762/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002763int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002764 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2765 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002766 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002767
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002768 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2769 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002770
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002771 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2772 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002773
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002774 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2775 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2776 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2777 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002778
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002779 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2780 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2781 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2782 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2783 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002784
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002785 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2786 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002787 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002788 return -1;
2789 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002790
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002791 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2792 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2793 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002794
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002795 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2796 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002797 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002798 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00002799}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002800
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002801static RecordDecl *
2802CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
2803 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
2804 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2805 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2806 else
2807 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2808}
2809
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002810// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002811QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2812 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002813 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002814 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2815 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002816 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002817
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002818 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002819
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002820 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002821 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002822 // int flags;
2823 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002824 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002825 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002826 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002827 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2828
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002829 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002830 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002831 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002832 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002833 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002834 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002835 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002836 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002837 }
2838
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00002839 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002840 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002841
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002842 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00002843}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00002844
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002845void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002846 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002847 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
2848 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2849}
2850
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00002851// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
2852QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() {
2853 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
2854 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
2855 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2856 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
2857 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
2858
2859 QualType FieldTypes[3];
2860
2861 // const int *isa;
2862 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
2863 // const char *str;
2864 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
2865 // unsigned int length;
2866 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
2867
2868 // Create fields
2869 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
2870 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
2871 SourceLocation(), 0,
2872 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
2873 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2874 /*Mutable=*/false);
2875 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
2876 }
2877
2878 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
2879 }
2880
2881 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
2882}
2883
2884void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
2885 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2886 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
2887 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2888}
2889
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002890QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002891 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002892 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002893 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2894 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002895 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002896
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002897 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2898 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002899 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002900 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
2901 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
2902 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
2903 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002904
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002905 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002906 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2907 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
2908 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002909 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002910 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002911 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002912 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002913 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002914
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00002915 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002916 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002917
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002918 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
2919}
2920
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002921QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
2922 if (BlockDescriptorType)
2923 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2924
2925 RecordDecl *T;
2926 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002927 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2928 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002929 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002930
2931 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2932 UnsignedLongTy,
2933 UnsignedLongTy,
2934 };
2935
2936 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2937 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002938 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002939 };
2940
2941 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
2942 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2943 T,
2944 SourceLocation(),
2945 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002946 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002947 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2948 /*Mutable=*/false);
2949 T->addDecl(Field);
2950 }
2951
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00002952 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002953
2954 BlockDescriptorType = T;
2955
2956 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2957}
2958
2959void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
2960 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2961 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2962 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
2963}
2964
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002965QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
2966 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
2967 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2968
2969 RecordDecl *T;
2970 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002971 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2972 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00002973 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002974
2975 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2976 UnsignedLongTy,
2977 UnsignedLongTy,
2978 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2979 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
2980 };
2981
2982 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2983 "reserved",
2984 "Size",
2985 "CopyFuncPtr",
2986 "DestroyFuncPtr"
2987 };
2988
2989 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
2990 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2991 T,
2992 SourceLocation(),
2993 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002994 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002995 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2996 /*Mutable=*/false);
2997 T->addDecl(Field);
2998 }
2999
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003000 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003001
3002 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3003
3004 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3005}
3006
3007void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3008 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3009 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3010 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3011}
3012
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003013bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3014 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3015 return true;
3016 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3017 return true;
3018 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3019 return true;
3020 return false;
3021}
3022
3023QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(const char *DeclName, QualType Ty) {
3024 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003025 // void *__isa;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003026 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003027 // unsigned int __flags;
3028 // unsigned int __size;
Mike Stump066b6162009-10-21 22:01:24 +00003029 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3030 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003031 // int X;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003032 // } *
3033
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003034 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3035
3036 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanianaa9894c52009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003037 static unsigned int UniqueBlockByRefTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003038 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3039 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3040 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003041 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003042 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3043 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003044 T->startDefinition();
3045 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3046 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3047 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3048 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3049 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3050 Int32Ty,
3051 Int32Ty,
3052 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3053 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3054 Ty
3055 };
3056
3057 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3058 "__isa",
3059 "__forwarding",
3060 "__flags",
3061 "__size",
3062 "__copy_helper",
3063 "__destroy_helper",
3064 DeclName,
3065 };
3066
3067 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3068 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3069 continue;
3070 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3071 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003072 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003073 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3074 T->addDecl(Field);
3075 }
3076
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003077 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003078
3079 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003080}
3081
3082
3083QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003084 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003085 llvm::SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> &BlockDeclRefDecls) {
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003086 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanianaa9894c52009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003087 static unsigned int UniqueBlockParmTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003088 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3089 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3090 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003091 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003092 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3093 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003094 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003095 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3096 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3097 IntTy,
3098 IntTy,
3099 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003100 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3101 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3102 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003103 };
3104
3105 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3106 "__isa",
3107 "__flags",
3108 "__reserved",
3109 "__FuncPtr",
3110 "__descriptor"
3111 };
3112
3113 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003114 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003115 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003116 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003117 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3118 T->addDecl(Field);
3119 }
3120
3121 for (size_t i = 0; i < BlockDeclRefDecls.size(); ++i) {
3122 const Expr *E = BlockDeclRefDecls[i];
3123 const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E);
3124 clang::IdentifierInfo *Name = 0;
3125 if (BDRE) {
3126 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3127 Name = &Idents.get(D->getName());
3128 }
3129 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3130
3131 if (BDRE && BDRE->isByRef())
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003132 FieldType = BuildByRefType(BDRE->getDecl()->getNameAsCString(),
3133 FieldType);
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003134
3135 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003136 Name, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003137 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003138 T->addDecl(Field);
3139 }
3140
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003141 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003142
3143 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003144}
3145
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003146void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003147 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003148 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3149 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3150}
3151
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003152// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3153// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003154static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003155 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003156 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3157 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003158
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003159 return false;
3160}
3161
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003162/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003163/// purpose.
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003164CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003165 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003166
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003167 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003168 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralType())
3169 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003170 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3171 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003172 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003173 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003174}
3175
3176static inline
3177std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3178 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003179}
3180
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003181/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003182/// declaration.
3183void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3184 std::string& S) {
3185 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3186 QualType BlockTy =
3187 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3188 // Encode result type.
3189 getObjCEncodingForType(cast<FunctionType>(BlockTy)->getResultType(), S);
3190 // Compute size of all parameters.
3191 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3192 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3193 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003194 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3195 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003196 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003197 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3198 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003199 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003200 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003201 ParmOffset += sz;
3202 }
3203 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003204 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003205 // Block pointer and offset.
3206 S += "@?0";
3207 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3208
3209 // Argument types.
3210 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3211 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3212 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3213 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3214 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3215 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3216 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3217 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3218 // elements.
3219 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3220 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3221 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3222 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3223 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003224 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003225 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003226 }
3227}
3228
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003229/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003230/// declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003231void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattner230fc3d2008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003232 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003233 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003234 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003235 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003236 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003237 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003238 // Compute size of all parameters.
3239 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3240 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3241 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003242 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003243 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3244 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003245 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003246 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003247 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003248 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003249 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003250 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3251 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003252 ParmOffset += sz;
3253 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003254 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003255 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003256 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003257
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003258 // Argument types.
3259 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003260 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003261 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003262 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003263 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003264 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003265 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3266 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3267 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003268 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003269 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3270 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3271 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003272 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003273 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003274 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003275 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003276 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003277 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003278 }
3279}
3280
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003281/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003282/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003283/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3284/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003285/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3286/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3287/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3288/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3289/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003290/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3291/// @code
3292/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3293/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3294/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3295/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3296/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3297/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3298/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3299/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3300/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3301/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3302/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3303/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3304/// };
3305/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003306void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003307 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattner230fc3d2008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003308 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003309 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3310 bool Dynamic = false;
3311 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3312
3313 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3314 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003315 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003316 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3317 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003318 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003319 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003320 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3321 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3322 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3323 Dynamic = true;
3324 } else {
3325 SynthesizePID = PID;
3326 }
3327 }
3328 }
3329 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003330 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003331 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003332 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003333 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003334 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3335 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3336 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3337 Dynamic = true;
3338 } else {
3339 SynthesizePID = PID;
3340 }
3341 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003342 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003343 }
3344 }
3345
3346 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3347 S = "T";
3348
3349 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003350 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3351 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003352 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003353 true /* outermost type */,
3354 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003355
3356 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3357 S += ",R";
3358 } else {
3359 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3360 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3361 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003362 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003363 }
3364 }
3365
3366 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3367 // are "dynamic by default".
3368 if (Dynamic)
3369 S += ",D";
3370
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003371 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3372 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003373
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003374 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3375 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003376 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003377 }
3378
3379 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3380 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003381 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003382 }
3383
3384 if (SynthesizePID) {
3385 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3386 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003387 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003388 }
3389
3390 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3391}
3392
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003393/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003394/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3395/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003396/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3397///
3398void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003399 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003400 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian77b6b5d2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003401 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3402 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003403 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003404 else
Fariborz Jahanian77b6b5d2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003405 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3406 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003407 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3408 }
3409 }
3410}
3411
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003412void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003413 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003414 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3415 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3416 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3417 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003418 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003419 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003420}
3421
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003422static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003423 const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003424 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3425 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3426 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Eli Friedman1c4a1752009-04-26 19:19:15 +00003427 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003428 S += 'b';
3429 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3430}
3431
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003432// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003433void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3434 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3435 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003436 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003437 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregorbcced4e2009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003438 bool EncodingProperty) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003439 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003440 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3441 return EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3442 char encoding;
3443 switch (BT->getKind()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003444 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003445 case BuiltinType::Void: encoding = 'v'; break;
3446 case BuiltinType::Bool: encoding = 'B'; break;
3447 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3448 case BuiltinType::UChar: encoding = 'C'; break;
3449 case BuiltinType::UShort: encoding = 'S'; break;
3450 case BuiltinType::UInt: encoding = 'I'; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003451 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3452 encoding =
3453 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
Fariborz Jahanian1f0a9eb2009-02-11 22:31:45 +00003454 break;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003455 case BuiltinType::UInt128: encoding = 'T'; break;
3456 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: encoding = 'Q'; break;
3457 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3458 case BuiltinType::SChar: encoding = 'c'; break;
3459 case BuiltinType::Short: encoding = 's'; break;
3460 case BuiltinType::Int: encoding = 'i'; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003461 case BuiltinType::Long:
3462 encoding =
3463 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003464 break;
3465 case BuiltinType::LongLong: encoding = 'q'; break;
3466 case BuiltinType::Int128: encoding = 't'; break;
3467 case BuiltinType::Float: encoding = 'f'; break;
3468 case BuiltinType::Double: encoding = 'd'; break;
3469 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: encoding = 'd'; break;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003470 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003471
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003472 S += encoding;
3473 return;
3474 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003475
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003476 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003477 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003478 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003479 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003480 return;
3481 }
Fariborz Jahaniand25c2192009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003482
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003483 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
3484 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003485 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian89b660c2009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003486 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3487 S += ':';
3488 return;
3489 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003490 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
3491 }
3492 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3493 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
3494 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003495 bool isReadOnly = false;
3496 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3497 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3498 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003499 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003500 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003501 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3502 isReadOnly = true;
3503 S += 'r';
3504 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003505 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003506 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003507 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3508 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003509 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3510 isReadOnly = true;
3511 S += 'r';
3512 }
3513 }
3514 if (isReadOnly) {
3515 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3516 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3517 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00003518 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
3519 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003520 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003521
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003522 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3523 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3524 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003525 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003526 S += '*';
3527 return;
3528 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003529 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003530 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3531 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3532 S += '#';
3533 return;
3534 }
3535 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3536 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3537 S += '@';
3538 return;
3539 }
3540 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003541 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003542 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003543 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3544
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003545 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003546 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003547 return;
3548 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00003549
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003550 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3551 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3552 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003553 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3554 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3555 S += '^';
3556
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003557 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003558 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3559 } else {
3560 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003561
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003562 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3563 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3564 else {
3565 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3566 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3567 S += '0';
3568 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003569
3570 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003571 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3572 S += ']';
3573 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003574 return;
3575 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003576
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003577 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003578 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003579 return;
3580 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003581
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003582 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003583 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003584 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003585 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3586 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3587 S += II->getName();
3588 } else {
3589 S += '?';
3590 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003591 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003592 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003593 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3594 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003595 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003596 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003597 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003598 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003599 S += '"';
3600 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003601
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003602 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003603 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003604 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003605 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003606 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003607 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3608 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003609 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003610 FD);
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003611 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003612 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003613 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003614 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003615 return;
3616 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003617
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003618 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003619 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3620 EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3621 else
3622 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003623 return;
3624 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003625
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003626 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003627 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003628 return;
3629 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003630
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003631 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003632 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003633 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003634 S += '{';
3635 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3636 S += II->getName();
3637 S += '=';
Chris Lattner5b36ddb2009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003638 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003639 CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields);
Chris Lattner5b36ddb2009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003640 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003641 if (RecFields[i]->isBitField())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003642 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003643 RecFields[i]);
3644 else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003645 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003646 FD);
3647 }
3648 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003649 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003650 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003651
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003652 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003653 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3654 S += '@';
3655 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003656 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003657
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003658 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3659 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3660 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3661 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003662 S += '#';
3663 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003664 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003665
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003666 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003667 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003668 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3669 ExpandStructures, FD);
3670 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3671 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3672 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003673 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003674 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3675 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003676 S += '<';
3677 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3678 S += '>';
3679 }
3680 S += '"';
3681 }
3682 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003683 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003684
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003685 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3686 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3687 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3688 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003689 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003690 // {...};
3691 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003692 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3693 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003694 NULL);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003695 return;
3696 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003697
3698 S += '@';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003699 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003700 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003701 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003702 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3703 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003704 S += '<';
3705 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3706 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003707 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003708 S += '"';
3709 }
3710 return;
3711 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003712
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003713 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003714}
3715
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003716void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003717 std::string& S) const {
3718 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3719 S += 'n';
3720 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3721 S += 'N';
3722 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3723 S += 'o';
3724 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3725 S += 'O';
3726 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3727 S += 'R';
3728 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3729 S += 'V';
3730}
3731
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003732void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003733 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003734
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003735 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3736}
3737
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003738void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003739 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003740}
3741
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003742void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +00003743 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003744}
3745
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003746void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003747 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahaniana32aaef2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003748}
3749
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003750void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003751 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003752}
3753
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003754void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003755 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003756 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003757
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003758 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003759}
3760
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003761/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
3762/// lookup.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003763TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
3764 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003765 unsigned size = End - Begin;
3766 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
3767
3768 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
3769 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
3770 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
3771
3772 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003773 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003774 NamedDecl *D = *I;
3775 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
3776 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
3777 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
3778 *Storage++ = D;
3779 }
3780
3781 return TemplateName(OT);
3782}
3783
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003784/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3785/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003786TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003787 bool TemplateKeyword,
3788 TemplateDecl *Template) {
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003789 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003790 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3791 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3792
3793 void *InsertPos = 0;
3794 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3795 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3796 if (!QTN) {
3797 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3798 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3799 }
3800
3801 return TemplateName(QTN);
3802}
3803
3804/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3805/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003806TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003807 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003808 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00003809 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003810
3811 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3812 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
3813
3814 void *InsertPos = 0;
3815 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3816 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3817
3818 if (QTN)
3819 return TemplateName(QTN);
3820
3821 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3822 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3823 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
3824 } else {
3825 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
3826 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003827 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
3828 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3829 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
3830 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003831 }
3832
3833 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3834 return TemplateName(QTN);
3835}
3836
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003837/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3838/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
3839TemplateName
3840ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3841 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
3842 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3843 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
3844
3845 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3846 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
3847
3848 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003849 DependentTemplateName *QTN
3850 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003851
3852 if (QTN)
3853 return TemplateName(QTN);
3854
3855 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3856 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3857 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
3858 } else {
3859 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
3860 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00003861
3862 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
3863 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3864 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
3865 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003866 }
3867
3868 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3869 return TemplateName(QTN);
3870}
3871
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003872/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00003873/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
3874/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003875CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003876 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003877 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003878 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
3879 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
3880 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
3881 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
3882 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
3883 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
3884 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
3885 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
3886 }
3887
3888 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003889 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003890}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00003891
3892//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3893// Type Predicates.
3894//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3895
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003896/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
3897/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
3898/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003899/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003900///
3901bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
3902 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
3903 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003904 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003905 return true;
3906 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003907 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003908}
3909
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003910/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
3911/// garbage collection attribute.
3912///
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003913Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
3914 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003915 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3916 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003917 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003918 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003919 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003920 // as __strong.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003921 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d6298b2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00003922 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003923 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003924 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003925 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahanian0f466c72009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003926 }
Fariborz Jahaniand381cde2009-04-11 00:00:54 +00003927 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
3928 // set on them.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003929 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003930 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003931 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003932 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003933}
3934
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003935//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3936// Type Compatibility Testing
3937//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00003938
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003939/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003940/// compatible.
3941static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
3942 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003943 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003944 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003945 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003946}
3947
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003948//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3949// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
3950//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3951
3952/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
3953/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003954bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
3955 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003956 if (lProto == rProto)
3957 return true;
3958 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
3959 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
3960 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
3961 return true;
3962 return false;
3963}
3964
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003965/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
3966/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
3967/// otherwise.
3968bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
3969 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3970 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
3971 return false;
3972}
3973
3974/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
3975/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
3976bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
3977 bool compare) {
3978 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003979 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003980 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
3981 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003982 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003983 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
3984 return true;
3985
3986 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003987 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003988
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003989 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003990
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003991 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003992 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003993 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3994 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3995 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3996 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3997 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3998 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3999 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004000 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004001 return false;
4002 }
4003 }
4004 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4005 return true;
4006 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004007 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004008 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4009 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4010 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4011 bool match = false;
4012
4013 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4014 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4015 // through its super class and categories.
4016 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4017 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4018 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4019 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4020 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4021 match = true;
4022 break;
4023 }
4024 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004025 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004026 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4027 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4028 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4029 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4030 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4031 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4032 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004033 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004034 match = true;
4035 break;
4036 }
4037 }
4038 }
4039 if (!match)
4040 return false;
4041 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004042
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004043 return true;
4044 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004045
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004046 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4047 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4048
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004049 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004050 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
4051 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
4052 bool match = false;
4053 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4054 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4055 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4056 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4057 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4058 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004059 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004060 match = true;
4061 break;
4062 }
4063 }
4064 if (!match)
4065 return false;
4066 }
4067 return true;
4068 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004069 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004070 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4071 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4072 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4073 bool match = false;
4074
4075 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4076 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4077 // through its super class and categories.
4078 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4079 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4080 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4081 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4082 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4083 match = true;
4084 break;
4085 }
4086 }
4087 if (!match)
4088 return false;
4089 }
4090 return true;
4091 }
4092 return false;
4093}
4094
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004095/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004096/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4097/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4098///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004099bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4100 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004101 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
4102 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004103 return true;
4104
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004105 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004106 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4107 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004108 false);
4109
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004110 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4111 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004112 if (LHS && RHS) // We have 2 user-defined types.
4113 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004114
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004115 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004116}
4117
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004118/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4119/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4120/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4121/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4122/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4123bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4124 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4125 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004126 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004127 return true;
4128
4129 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4130 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4131 }
4132
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004133 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004134 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4135 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4136 false);
4137
4138 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4139 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4140 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4141 if (LHS != RHS) {
4142 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4143 return false;
4144 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4145 return true;
4146 }
4147 else
4148 return true;
4149 }
4150 return false;
4151}
4152
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004153/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4154/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4155/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4156/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4157static
4158void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4159 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4160 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4161 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4162
4163 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4164 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4165
4166 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4167 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4168 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4169 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4170 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004171 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4172 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getDecl(), LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004173 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4174 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4175 }
4176
4177 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4178 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004179 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4180 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004181 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4182 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4183 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4184 }
4185 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004186 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004187 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getDecl(), RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004188 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4189 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4190 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4191 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4192 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004193 }
4194}
4195
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004196/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4197/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4198/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4199/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4200QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
4201 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4202 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
4203 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4204 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4205 if (!LHS || !RHS)
4206 return QualType();
4207
4208 while (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSIDecl = LHS->getDecl()->getSuperClass()) {
4209 QualType LHSTy = getObjCInterfaceType(LHSIDecl);
4210 LHS = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004211 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
4212 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> IntersectionOfProtocols;
4213 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this,
4214 LHSOPT, RHSOPT, IntersectionOfProtocols);
4215 if (IntersectionOfProtocols.empty())
4216 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy);
4217 else
4218 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy, &IntersectionOfProtocols[0],
4219 IntersectionOfProtocols.size());
4220 return LHSTy;
4221 }
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004222 }
4223
4224 return QualType();
4225}
4226
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004227bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCInterfaceType *LHS,
4228 const ObjCInterfaceType *RHS) {
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004229 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4230 // the LHS.
4231 if (!LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4232 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004233
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004234 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4235 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004236 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004237 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004238
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004239 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4240 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004241 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004242 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004243
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004244 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4245 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004246 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4247 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4248
4249 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4250 // are incompatible.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004251 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004252 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004253 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4254 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004255 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004256 break;
4257 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004258 }
4259 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4260 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4261 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004262 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004263 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4264 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004265}
4266
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004267bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4268 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004269 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4270 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004271
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004272 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004273 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004274
4275 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4276 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004277}
4278
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004279/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004280/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004281/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004282/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004283bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004284 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4285 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4286
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004287 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS).isNull();
4288}
4289
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004290bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4291 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4292}
4293
4294QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4295 bool OfBlockPointer) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004296 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4297 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004298 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4299 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004300 bool allLTypes = true;
4301 bool allRTypes = true;
4302
4303 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004304 QualType retType;
4305 if (OfBlockPointer)
4306 retType = mergeTypes(rbase->getResultType(), lbase->getResultType(), true);
4307 else
4308 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType());
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004309 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian113b8ad2010-02-10 00:32:12 +00004310 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004311 allLTypes = false;
Fariborz Jahanian113b8ad2010-02-10 00:32:12 +00004312 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004313 allRTypes = false;
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004314 // FIXME: double check this
4315 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4316 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
4317 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004318 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
4319 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00004320 unsigned RegParm = lbaseInfo.getRegParm() == 0 ? rbaseInfo.getRegParm() :
4321 lbaseInfo.getRegParm();
4322 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
4323 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4324 RegParm != lbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4325 allLTypes = false;
4326 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() ||
4327 RegParm != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
4328 allRTypes = false;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004329 CallingConv lcc = lbaseInfo.getCC();
4330 CallingConv rcc = rbaseInfo.getCC();
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004331 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00004332 if (!isSameCallConv(lcc, rcc))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004333 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004334
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004335 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004336 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4337 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004338 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4339 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4340
4341 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4342 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4343 return QualType();
4344
4345 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4346 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4347 return QualType();
4348
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004349 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4350 return QualType();
4351
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004352 // Check argument compatibility
4353 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4354 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4355 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4356 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004357 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype, OfBlockPointer);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004358 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
4359 types.push_back(argtype);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004360 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4361 allLTypes = false;
4362 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4363 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004364 }
4365 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4366 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4367 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump8c5d7992009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004368 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004369 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004370 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004371 }
4372
4373 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4374 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4375
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004376 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004377 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004378 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004379 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4380 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4381 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4382 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4383 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4384 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4385 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4386 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4387 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00004388
4389 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
4390 // to pass enum values.
4391 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4392 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
4393
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004394 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4395 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4396 return QualType();
4397 }
4398
4399 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4400 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4401 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump21e0f892009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004402 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004403 proto->getTypeQuals(),
4404 false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004405 FunctionType::ExtInfo(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc));
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004406 }
4407
4408 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4409 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Rafael Espindola49b85ab2010-03-30 22:15:11 +00004410 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info(NoReturn, RegParm, lcc);
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004411 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, Info);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004412}
4413
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004414QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4415 bool OfBlockPointer) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004416 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4417 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4418 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004419 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4420 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004421 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
4422 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
4423
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004424 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4425 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4426
4427 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4428 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4429 return LHS;
4430
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004431 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004432 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4433 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004434 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4435 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4436 // mismatch.
4437 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4438 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4439 return QualType();
4440
4441 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4442 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4443 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4444 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4445 // qualified __strong.
4446 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4447 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4448 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4449
4450 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4451 return QualType();
4452
4453 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4454 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4455 }
4456 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4457 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4458 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004459 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004460 }
4461
4462 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004463
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004464 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4465 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004466
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004467 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4468 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4469 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4470 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004471
4472 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004473 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4474 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4475 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4476 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004477
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004478 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4479 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4480 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004481
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004482 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004483 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004484 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004485 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004486 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4487 // type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004488 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004489 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4490 return RHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004491 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004492 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004493 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4494 return LHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004495 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004496
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004497 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004498 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004499
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004500 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004501 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004502#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4503#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00004504#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004505#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4506#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4507#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4508 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4509 return QualType();
4510
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004511 case Type::LValueReference:
4512 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004513 case Type::MemberPointer:
4514 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4515 return QualType();
4516
4517 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4518 case Type::VariableArray:
4519 case Type::FunctionProto:
4520 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004521 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4522 return QualType();
4523
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004524 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004525 {
4526 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004527 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4528 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004529 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4530 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004531 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004532 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004533 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004534 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004535 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4536 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004537 case Type::BlockPointer:
4538 {
4539 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004540 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4541 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004542 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004543 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4544 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4545 return LHS;
4546 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4547 return RHS;
4548 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4549 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004550 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004551 {
4552 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4553 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4554 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4555 return QualType();
4556
4557 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4558 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
4559 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem);
4560 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004561 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4562 return LHS;
4563 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4564 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004565 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4566 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4567 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4568 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004569 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4570 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004571 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4572 return LHS;
4573 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4574 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004575 if (LVAT) {
4576 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4577 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4578 // has to be different.
4579 return LHS;
4580 }
4581 if (RVAT) {
4582 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4583 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4584 // has to be different.
4585 return RHS;
4586 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004587 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4588 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004589 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4590 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004591 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004592 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004593 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004594 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004595 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004596 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004597 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004598 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004599 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004600 case Type::Complex:
4601 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4602 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004603 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004604 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00004605 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
4606 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004607 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004608 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004609 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004610 // Check if the interfaces are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004611 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4612 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004613 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
4614 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004615 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
4616 canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
4617 return LHS;
4618
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004619 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004620 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004621 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004622 if (OfBlockPointer) {
4623 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4624 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4625 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
4626 return LHS;
4627 return QualType();
4628 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004629 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4630 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004631 return LHS;
4632
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004633 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004634 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004635 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004636
4637 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004638}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004639
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00004640//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004641// Integer Predicates
4642//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00004643
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004644unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl87869bc2009-11-05 21:10:57 +00004645 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004646 return 1;
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004647 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00004648 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004649 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004650 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
4651}
4652
4653QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
4654 assert(T->isSignedIntegerType() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004655
4656 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
4657 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
4658 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00004659 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->isAltiVec(), VTy->isPixel());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004660
4661 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
4662 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004663 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004664
4665 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
4666 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004667 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
4668 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4669 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4670 return UnsignedCharTy;
4671 case BuiltinType::Short:
4672 return UnsignedShortTy;
4673 case BuiltinType::Int:
4674 return UnsignedIntTy;
4675 case BuiltinType::Long:
4676 return UnsignedLongTy;
4677 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4678 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004679 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4680 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004681 default:
4682 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
4683 return QualType();
4684 }
4685}
4686
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +00004687ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
4688
4689void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004690
4691
4692//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4693// Builtin Type Computation
4694//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4695
4696/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
4697/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004698static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004699 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
4700 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
4701 // Modifiers.
4702 int HowLong = 0;
4703 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004704
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004705 // Read the modifiers first.
4706 bool Done = false;
4707 while (!Done) {
4708 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004709 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004710 case 'S':
4711 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4712 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4713 Signed = true;
4714 break;
4715 case 'U':
4716 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4717 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4718 Unsigned = true;
4719 break;
4720 case 'L':
4721 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
4722 ++HowLong;
4723 break;
4724 }
4725 }
4726
4727 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004728
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004729 // Read the base type.
4730 switch (*Str++) {
4731 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
4732 case 'v':
4733 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4734 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
4735 Type = Context.VoidTy;
4736 break;
4737 case 'f':
4738 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4739 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
4740 Type = Context.FloatTy;
4741 break;
4742 case 'd':
4743 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4744 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
4745 if (HowLong)
4746 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
4747 else
4748 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
4749 break;
4750 case 's':
4751 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
4752 if (Unsigned)
4753 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
4754 else
4755 Type = Context.ShortTy;
4756 break;
4757 case 'i':
4758 if (HowLong == 3)
4759 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
4760 else if (HowLong == 2)
4761 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
4762 else if (HowLong == 1)
4763 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
4764 else
4765 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
4766 break;
4767 case 'c':
4768 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
4769 if (Signed)
4770 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
4771 else if (Unsigned)
4772 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
4773 else
4774 Type = Context.CharTy;
4775 break;
4776 case 'b': // boolean
4777 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
4778 Type = Context.BoolTy;
4779 break;
4780 case 'z': // size_t.
4781 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
4782 Type = Context.getSizeType();
4783 break;
4784 case 'F':
4785 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
4786 break;
4787 case 'a':
4788 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4789 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4790 break;
4791 case 'A':
4792 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
4793 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
4794 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
4795 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
4796 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
4797 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
4798 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
4799 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
4800 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4801 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4802 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
4803 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
4804 } else {
4805 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4806 }
4807 break;
4808 case 'V': {
4809 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004810 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4811 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004812
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004813 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004814
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004815 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00004816 // FIXME: Don't know what to do about AltiVec.
4817 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, false, false);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004818 break;
4819 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00004820 case 'X': {
4821 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4822 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
4823 break;
4824 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004825 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00004826 Type = Context.getFILEType();
4827 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004828 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004829 return QualType();
4830 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004831 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004832 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004833 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004834 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004835 else
4836 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
4837
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004838 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004839 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004840 return QualType();
4841 }
4842 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004843 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004844
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004845 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
4846 return Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004847
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004848 Done = false;
4849 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00004850 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004851 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
4852 case '*':
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004853 case '&':
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00004854 {
4855 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
4856 // qualified with an address space.
4857 char *End;
4858 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4859 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
4860 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
4861 Str = End;
4862 }
4863 }
4864 if (c == '*')
4865 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
4866 else
4867 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004868 break;
4869 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
4870 case 'C':
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004871 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004872 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand59baba2010-01-26 22:48:42 +00004873 case 'D':
4874 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
4875 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004876 }
4877 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004878
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004879 return Type;
4880}
4881
4882/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
4883QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
4884 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
4885 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004886
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004887 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004888
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004889 Error = GE_None;
4890 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4891 if (Error != GE_None)
4892 return QualType();
4893 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
4894 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4895 if (Error != GE_None)
4896 return QualType();
4897
4898 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
4899 if (Ty->isArrayType())
4900 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004901
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004902 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
4903 }
4904
4905 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
4906 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
4907
4908 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
4909 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
4910 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00004911
4912 // FIXME: Should we create noreturn types?
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004913 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00004914 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0, false, false, 0, 0,
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00004915 FunctionType::ExtInfo());
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004916}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004917
4918QualType
4919ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4920 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
4921 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
4922 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
4923 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
4924 // equivalent.
4925 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4926 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
4927 else
4928 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4929 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4930 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
4931 else
4932 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4933
4934 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
4935 if (lhs == rhs)
4936 return lhs;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004937
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004938 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
4939 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
4940 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
4941 return lhs;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004942
4943 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
4944
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004945 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
4946 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
4947 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004948 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004949 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4950 return lhs;
4951 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004952 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004953 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4954 return rhs;
4955 }
4956 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004957 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
4958 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
4959 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
4960 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004961 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004962 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004963 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004964 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004965 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
4966 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004967
4968 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004969 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004970 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004971 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004972 }
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004973 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
4974 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
4975 // does not require this promotion.
4976 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
4977 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
4978 return rhs;
4979 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
4980 return lhs;
4981 }
4982 }
4983 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
4984 }
4985 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
4986 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
4987 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
4988 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4989 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
4990 return lhs;
4991 }
4992 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4993 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
4994 return getComplexType(lhs);
4995 }
4996 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4997 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
4998 return rhs;
4999 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005000 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005001 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
5002 return getComplexType(rhs);
5003 }
5004 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
5005 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
5006 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
5007 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
5008 return lhs;
5009 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
5010 return rhs; // convert the lhs
5011 }
5012 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
5013 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
5014 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5015 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
5016
5017 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005018 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005019 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
5020 return lhs; // convert the rhs
5021 return rhs;
5022 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
5023 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
5024 return lhs;
5025 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
5026 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
5027 return rhs;
5028 }
5029 }
5030 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
5031 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
5032 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
5033 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
5034 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
5035 QualType destType;
5036 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
5037 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
5038 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
5039 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
5040 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
5041 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
5042 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
5043 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
5044 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
5045 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
5046 // use the signed type.
5047 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
5048 } else {
5049 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
5050 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
5051 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
5052 // to the signed type.
5053 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
5054 }
5055 return destType;
5056}